|
Monday June 9, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 AM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 1: Happiest Camp on Earth
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Crazy Chemworks - Crazy Chemworks
Come and apply the concepts, tools and techniques of real chemists and work in a Mad Science Lab. Each day we will experiment with different chemicals and tools. Students will explore acids and bases, reveal the secret recipe of slime and examine crystallization. By the end of the week, the Jr. Mad Scientists will have their very own chemistry set.*Material Fee: $30Instructor: Mad Science StaffLocation: Marina Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Soccer Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. Part of the class will be done standing and the other half seated. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Disney Dreamers - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SoCal Elite FC - D. Oh
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 10, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 AM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 1: Happiest Camp on Earth
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Crazy Chemworks - Crazy Chemworks
Come and apply the concepts, tools and techniques of real chemists and work in a Mad Science Lab. Each day we will experiment with different chemicals and tools. Students will explore acids and bases, reveal the secret recipe of slime and examine crystallization. By the end of the week, the Jr. Mad Scientists will have their very own chemistry set.*Material Fee: $30Instructor: Mad Science StaffLocation: Marina Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Soccer Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Balance and Fitness with Molly - Balance and Fitness
This low-impact exercise class incorporates seated stretch, standing or seated strength training, along with balance and coordination movements all while grooving to fun, inspiring music! This class is free because of the generosity of the Los Alamitos Foundation. Please bring a caregiver if you need assistance. Registration is required for all participants and their caregiver. *If student misses 3 classes in a row, they will be removed from the class to allow for those on the waitlist.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 2:30 PM
|
Grocery Program
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 11, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 AM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 1: Happiest Camp on Earth
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Crazy Chemworks - Crazy Chemworks
Come and apply the concepts, tools and techniques of real chemists and work in a Mad Science Lab. Each day we will experiment with different chemicals and tools. Students will explore acids and bases, reveal the secret recipe of slime and examine crystallization. By the end of the week, the Jr. Mad Scientists will have their very own chemistry set.*Material Fee: $30Instructor: Mad Science StaffLocation: Marina Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Soccer Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Disney Dreamers - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 12, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 AM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 1: Happiest Camp on Earth
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
SUMMER CONCERT
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Senior Club
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
Reserved
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Crazy Chemworks - Crazy Chemworks
Come and apply the concepts, tools and techniques of real chemists and work in a Mad Science Lab. Each day we will experiment with different chemicals and tools. Students will explore acids and bases, reveal the secret recipe of slime and examine crystallization. By the end of the week, the Jr. Mad Scientists will have their very own chemistry set.*Material Fee: $30Instructor: Mad Science StaffLocation: Marina Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Soccer Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
SoCal Waves B. Ricks
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday June 14, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
USA Athletics Davis - R. Webb
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:50 AM - 11:35 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:40 AM - 12:25 PM
|
T-Ball: Intro to League Play - T-Ball: Intro to League Play
In Sportball T-Ball, we introduce your children to the fundamentals of baseball, with the guidance of our coach. Children will learn hitting, throwing, fielding, catching, base running, terminology, and engage in activities by playing fun games and skill-based drills. Our coaches work with the children and parents throughout the class using positive reinforcement and imaginative coaching techniques. A fun experience for you and your child that prepares them for future league play!*Parent participation is required for children under age 3
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Ashley Samai - Community Center Small Room 1:00pm - 5:00pm
|
|
|
|
|
Monday June 16, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 2: Camp Build-A-Lot
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Track & Field Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Art Safari Camp - Art Safari Camp
Embark on an exciting adventure with out Art Safari Camp! This camp is designed for children who love to explore the natural world through art. Each day, campers will learn about the different animals and habitats of the African savannah, and will use art as a medium to explore the beauty and diversity of the wild. They will learn about different art techniques such as painting, drawing, and more while creating their own art projects inspired by the safari theme. This camp is perfect for children who love art, nature, and adventure! Join us this summer for an artistic adventure with Just Think Art.A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. Part of the class will be done standing and the other half seated. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Lego Lab - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 2:00 PM
|
Serve Los Al Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
1:30 PM - 4:00 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SoCal Elite FC - D. Oh
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 17, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 2: Camp Build-A-Lot
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Track & Field Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Art Safari Camp - Art Safari Camp
Embark on an exciting adventure with out Art Safari Camp! This camp is designed for children who love to explore the natural world through art. Each day, campers will learn about the different animals and habitats of the African savannah, and will use art as a medium to explore the beauty and diversity of the wild. They will learn about different art techniques such as painting, drawing, and more while creating their own art projects inspired by the safari theme. This camp is perfect for children who love art, nature, and adventure! Join us this summer for an artistic adventure with Just Think Art.A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Balance and Fitness with Molly - Balance and Fitness
This low-impact exercise class incorporates seated stretch, standing or seated strength training, along with balance and coordination movements all while grooving to fun, inspiring music! This class is free because of the generosity of the Los Alamitos Foundation. Please bring a caregiver if you need assistance. Registration is required for all participants and their caregiver. *If student misses 3 classes in a row, they will be removed from the class to allow for those on the waitlist.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 2:30 PM
|
Grocery Program
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Photography Club - Photography Club
The Los Alamitos Photography Club is a group of local enthusiasts who meet once a month. This club shows individuals photographs from current personal projects, works in progress, or assignments. All skill levels are welcome to participate. Come take part in discussions on photographic techniques, lighting, printing, photo shop post production, and many other items of interest.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 18, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 2: Camp Build-A-Lot
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Track & Field Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Art Safari Camp - Art Safari Camp
Embark on an exciting adventure with out Art Safari Camp! This camp is designed for children who love to explore the natural world through art. Each day, campers will learn about the different animals and habitats of the African savannah, and will use art as a medium to explore the beauty and diversity of the wild. They will learn about different art techniques such as painting, drawing, and more while creating their own art projects inspired by the safari theme. This camp is perfect for children who love art, nature, and adventure! Join us this summer for an artistic adventure with Just Think Art.A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Lego Lab - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Senior Social Hour - Yahtzee Monthly 3rd Wednesday's from 1:00 PM - 3:30 PM (MEDIUM ROOM ONLY)
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
J. Wenze Wildcats Fastpitch
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 19, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 2: Camp Build-A-Lot
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:45 AM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Senior Club
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Track & Field Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Art Safari Camp - Art Safari Camp
Embark on an exciting adventure with out Art Safari Camp! This camp is designed for children who love to explore the natural world through art. Each day, campers will learn about the different animals and habitats of the African savannah, and will use art as a medium to explore the beauty and diversity of the wild. They will learn about different art techniques such as painting, drawing, and more while creating their own art projects inspired by the safari theme. This camp is perfect for children who love art, nature, and adventure! Join us this summer for an artistic adventure with Just Think Art.A list of supplies will be provided.Location: Cypress Community Center (5700 Orange Ave., Cypress)
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 4:00 PM
|
International Soccer Camp - International Soccer Camp
Join us for an International Soccer Camp without leaving your area! Coached by our team of international and US-based staff, our week-long half day and full day soccer camps improve your child's soccer skills whilst providing a unique cultural experience. Rooted in British training methodology, these camps introduce our international training tactics to campers across the U.S. and Canada. Our curriculum and coaching foundation meets engaging delivery for an all-around positive experience. We channel our energy and passion for the game into a fun yet developmental environment. As industry experts, we have crafted an approach which uses methodologies from all around the world to truly reflect the global nature of the sport today.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
SoCal Waves B. Ricks
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday June 21, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
USA Athletics Davis - R. Webb
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
Melissa Duong - Medium Room 10:00am - 5:00pm
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:50 AM - 11:35 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:40 AM - 12:25 PM
|
T-Ball: Intro to League Play - T-Ball: Intro to League Play
In Sportball T-Ball, we introduce your children to the fundamentals of baseball, with the guidance of our coach. Children will learn hitting, throwing, fielding, catching, base running, terminology, and engage in activities by playing fun games and skill-based drills. Our coaches work with the children and parents throughout the class using positive reinforcement and imaginative coaching techniques. A fun experience for you and your child that prepares them for future league play!*Parent participation is required for children under age 3
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 9:00 PM
|
Denise Ayala - Community Center Small Room 3:00pm - 9:00pm
|
|
|
|
|
Monday June 23, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 3: Avenger's Campus
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Brixology: LEGO Engineering - Brixology: LEGO Engineering
Our LEGO BRIXOLOGY camp was developed in partnership with LEGO Master Builders! Team up to build exclusive creations that will test your engineering abilities! Build carnival rides, paddle boats, mechanical animals, and even a vehicle that moves. Try your hand at nautical, structural, and even biomechanical engineering! Let the tinkering begin!*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Football Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 12:15 PM
|
Stretch and Strength - Stretch and Strength
Come join us as we move and build strength and endurance to some fun and groovy music. We will start off with a good morning stretch and get the blood flowing with light low impact movements. Part of the class will be done standing and the other half seated. The health benefits of movement and light weight training is essential and vital during older adulthood. Grab your friends and let's get moving!Spaces are limited. Max. 20 participantsMaterials: Bring water and wear comfortable clothing.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Superhero Adventure - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 6:30 PM
|
Adaptive Recreation Game Night
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SoCal Elite FC - D. Oh
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday June 24, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 3: Avenger's Campus
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 9:30 AM
|
PW Maintenance
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Brixology: LEGO Engineering - Brixology: LEGO Engineering
Our LEGO BRIXOLOGY camp was developed in partnership with LEGO Master Builders! Team up to build exclusive creations that will test your engineering abilities! Build carnival rides, paddle boats, mechanical animals, and even a vehicle that moves. Try your hand at nautical, structural, and even biomechanical engineering! Let the tinkering begin!*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Football Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 11:00 AM
|
Senior Balance and Fitness with Molly - Balance and Fitness
This low-impact exercise class incorporates seated stretch, standing or seated strength training, along with balance and coordination movements all while grooving to fun, inspiring music! This class is free because of the generosity of the Los Alamitos Foundation. Please bring a caregiver if you need assistance. Registration is required for all participants and their caregiver. *If student misses 3 classes in a row, they will be removed from the class to allow for those on the waitlist.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 2:30 PM
|
Grocery Program
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday June 25, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 3: Avenger's Campus
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Brixology: LEGO Engineering - Brixology: LEGO Engineering
Our LEGO BRIXOLOGY camp was developed in partnership with LEGO Master Builders! Team up to build exclusive creations that will test your engineering abilities! Build carnival rides, paddle boats, mechanical animals, and even a vehicle that moves. Try your hand at nautical, structural, and even biomechanical engineering! Let the tinkering begin!*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:30 PM
|
United Teen Camp
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Football Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 3:30 PM
|
Superhero Adventure - Day Camp Add On
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 5:15 PM
|
3rd of July Staff Meeting
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Mon/Wed
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:30 PM - 7:30 PM
|
J. Wenze Wildcats Fastpitch
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
SoCal Elite FC - D. Oh
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday June 26, 2025
|
|
12:00 AM - 11:59 PM
|
Summer Day Camp - Week 3: Avenger's Campus
Register your 5–12-year-old for the City of Los Alamitos Summer Day Camp! Join us for a fun and memorable experience at the Los Alamitos Community Center (10911 Oak St., Los Alamitos) from June 9 to August 22. Campers will enjoy a variety of indoor and outdoor games, crafts, and activities designed around weekly themes. Campers must bring their lunch and a refillable water bottle; morning and afternoon snacks are provided. Important: It is highly recommended that guardians review the parent pamphlet under the "forms" section before the first day of camp. Physical copies will be distributed on the first day.Day Camp Hours: Monday – Friday
Regular Hours: 9:00 AM - 4:00 PM
Extended Hours: 7:00 AM - 6:00 PM
Single day and weekly care options available
No Camp Dates: Thursday, July 3 & Friday, July 4
Excursion & Specialty Class Add-On’s: Excursions and specialty classes are optional and require an additional fee. Campers who do not register for these add-ons will participate in regular Day Camp activities. To participate in an excursion or specialty class, campers must be enrolled in both the excursion and the corresponding day of camp. Purchasing a camp week, camp day, or excursion t-shirt does not automatically enroll a camper in these activities. An excursion T-shirt is required for all campers attending an excursion and can be purchased for $15 during checkout. If a camper arrives without a T-shirt, a new one must be purchased.*To add your child(ren) to the wait list for sold-out excursions or specialty classes, please call us at (562) 430-1073 or email daycamp@cityoflosalamitos.org. Transfer / Refund Policy: Transfer requests must be submitted at least 5 business days (Monday - Thursday) in advance. Transfers are not guaranteed but will be reviewed. If approved, a fee of $10 per transfer per child applies. NO REFUNDS. Late Pick-Up Policy: The Late fee for pick-up is $1 per minute after 4:05 p.m. / 6:05 p.m. (based on the staff's clock). Payment is required at pick-up. Sibling Discount:A $5 discount for the first sibling and a $10 discount for the second sibling will be automatically applied at checkout for weekly care only.
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 5:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Senior Club
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 9:00 AM
|
United Check In
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Brixology: LEGO Engineering - Brixology: LEGO Engineering
Our LEGO BRIXOLOGY camp was developed in partnership with LEGO Master Builders! Team up to build exclusive creations that will test your engineering abilities! Build carnival rides, paddle boats, mechanical animals, and even a vehicle that moves. Try your hand at nautical, structural, and even biomechanical engineering! Let the tinkering begin!*Material Fee: $30Location: Marina Community Center (151 Marina Dr., Seal Beach)Instructor: Mad Scientist Staff
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Epic Sports Week Summer Camp - Epic Sports Week Summer Camp
Sportballers will learn and play 8 different sports throughout the week with our fun skill-based games, drills and game play (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, golf, hocky, tennis, and baseball). Your Sportballer will be talking about the Epic Time (hosted daily) they had for the rest of the summer, with a different activity daily from water games, dodgeball tournaments, Lego building, Nerf Gun challenges, Battleship, Kickball, and so much more! Please send a nut-free snack and lots of water daily with your child. Children must be potty trained and able to use the restroom unassisted.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 11:30 AM
|
Summer Sport Camps - Football Camp
Join us this summer for various sport camps! These summer sport camps are designed to refine your athlete's skills in a fun and engaging environment. All camps are Monday through Friday and come with an award. We can't wait to have you come and be a part!Soccer Camp - Pass the ball and score some goals! This week-long camp will teach future stars the fundamentals of soccer and help players to improve their skill level. Taught by staff with high school soccer experience, players will focus on ball control, shooting, and player movementTrack & Field Camp - It’s time to hit the track running! Led by staff with college and high school track experience, join us for a week-long camp where participants will be introduced to a variety of distance events, sprinting events, long jump, and the softball throw.Football Camp - Football season is right around the corner! At this camp, staff with college and high school football experience will teach the fundamental skills of flag football, which will include passing, catching, throwing, and defense. Sessions will utilize clinic-style drills and fun skill based games.Basketball Camp - Make the ball go swish! This week-long camp is designed to teach basic basketball skills in a fun clinic style environment. Coaches from our Youth Basketball League will go over dribbling, shooting, passing, defense, and other skills necessary for the game.Volleyball Camp - Bump, Set, Spike! Come learn the skills and techniques of volleyball or come sharpen your skills at the Youth Volleyball Camp. Participants will engage in various drills and activities led by coaches from our Youth Volleyball League to help them develop the skills needed to excel in the sport.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 3:00 PM
|
Hunter Griffiths (Supervisor Nguyen)-Mobile Office
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:30 PM - 2:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 3:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
3:30 PM - 3:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 4:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 6:00 PM
|
Alliance Baseball Club - S. Smith
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 4:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
4:30 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Los Alamitos Girls Softball (LAGSL)
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Tues/Thurs
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
6:30 PM - 9:00 PM
|
SoCal Waves B. Ricks
|
|
|
|
|
Saturday June 28, 2025
|
|
8:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
USA Athletics Davis - R. Webb
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:00 AM - 9:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:15 AM - 10:00 AM
|
8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball - 8-Sport Multi-Sport with Sportball
Sportball Multi-sport is a dynamic sports program that focuses on skill development in a different sport each class (soccer, basketball, football, volleyball, tennis, hockey, golf, and baseball). Classes apply developmentally appropriate methodology to introduce, practice, and refine motor skills, progress sports skills, reinforce the benefits of teamwork and prepare your athlete for a future of confident sports participation.Parent participation required for 2-3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
9:30 AM - 9:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 10:45 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 12:00 PM
|
Watercolor Painting - Watercolor Painting
In this class, we will focus on getting comfortable with watercolor painting skills and techniques and enjoy the process of painting. The basics of materials, tools, techniques and color will be explored with demonstrations. Join us to learn tips and tricks in watercolors and creating your own masterpieces. Skill level- beginner to intermediate. Students provide their own supplies; a list of supplies will be sent.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:30 AM - 10:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
10:50 AM - 11:35 AM
|
Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball - Soccer and T-Ball Combo with Sportball
In this class, we dive into two of the most loved sports, baseball and soccer. We will introduce your young athlete to the basics of both sports through imagination skill-based games, that will constantly be improving cognitive and social skills, and most importantly learning to work together as a a team. The first part of the session focuses on soccer skills such as passing, throw-ins, dribbling and goalie skills and non-competitive game play. Midway through the season we switch to baseball skills such as throwing, catching, batting, running bases and fielding before playing an actual game.Parent Participation Required for 2 - 3 years old.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:00 AM - 11:25 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Guppies (Tiny Tots 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:30 AM - 11:55 AM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
11:40 AM - 12:25 PM
|
T-Ball: Intro to League Play - T-Ball: Intro to League Play
In Sportball T-Ball, we introduce your children to the fundamentals of baseball, with the guidance of our coach. Children will learn hitting, throwing, fielding, catching, base running, terminology, and engage in activities by playing fun games and skill-based drills. Our coaches work with the children and parents throughout the class using positive reinforcement and imaginative coaching techniques. A fun experience for you and your child that prepares them for future league play!*Parent participation is required for children under age 3
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Jelly Fish (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manatees (Level 1) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Manta Ray (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Orcas (Pre-Swim Team) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Otter (Level 3) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 12:25 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Parent & Me - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Open Play Only - No Reservations
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Barracuda (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Belugas (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Seals (Level 4) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
12:30 PM - 12:55 PM
|
Learn-to-Swim Lessons - Session 1: Squid (Level 2) - Saturday
Youth Swim Lessons are located at the MWR Aquatic Training Center at the Los Alamitos Joint Forces Training Base. Classes are 25 minutes in length. Classes meet either twice per week on Mon/Wed, or once per week on Saturdays. There is a one 6-week session offered in the spring and two 4-week sessions offered in the summer. There is a variety of different age and skill levels available. Please refer to the level descriptions to see what class would fit your child; if you are unsure which class is best, please email aquatics@cityoflosalamitos.org or call the Community Center at 562-430-1073. REFUND, MAKEUP & TRANSFER POLICY Refund requests will only be granted prior to the second regularly scheduled class meeting, and a $10 administrative fee will be assessed per participant per class. Transfer requests will only be honored if requested prior to the second class meeting. A $10 transfer fee will be applied unless the class is canceled due to low enrollment. Aquatics staff will assess transfers based on skill level. There will be no Make-up classes unless the City of Los Alamitos Recreation Staff cancels a class due to an unforeseen circumstance. Please review pool rules prior to visiting the pool.Please refer to the swim lessons descriptions below prior to registration: Parent & Me
Class Description: Introduce your child to fun and swimming readiness through water exploration. This class is designed to increase comfort in and around the water for both the child and parent. Some skills include blowing bubbles, kicking, floating on tummy and back, and holding onto the wall. Adults are required in water with children, and adults must know how to swim.
Little Fish – Preschool Age 3yrs – 6yrs
Guppies (Tiny Tot 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for children ready to be in the water without a parent. Some skills include being comfortable getting head wet, assisted tummy and back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, assisted tummy gliding, and introducing alternating arm action.
Jelly Fish (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for beginners who have some aquatics experience but still need assistance getting comfortable in the water. Some skills include moving through water comfortably, assisted tummy float, moving to unassisted back float, assisted kicking on tummy and back, and introducing alternating arm action.
Squid (Level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for children who have aquatics experience, are comfortable in the water, and are ready to complete some skills unassisted. Some skills include introduction to deep water, submerging head for 5 seconds, unassisted tummy and back float, combined freestyle arms, and legs, assisted rolling over, and getting out at side of pool
Otter (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be more independent in the water and are ready to try harder skills. Some skills include introduction to side breathing, unassisted kicking with face in the water, unassisted tummy and back float, streamline position on top of water, unassisted jumping into water and swimming to instructor, and introduction to combined arm and legs for backstroke.
Seals (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to stroke techniques and build endurance. Some skills include tummy glide with underwater streamline, freestyle with side breathing, coordinated back stroke arm action, retrieve object from deep end, comfortable in deep water, introduction to breast stroke kick, and introduction to diving.
Big Fish – School Age 6yrs – 13yrs
Manatees (Level 1)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who have little or no aquatics experience. Some skills include fully submerging head, assisted front and back float, flutter kicking, water entry, arm action, and introduction to glides.
Belugas (level 2)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are comfortable in the water and have some aquatics experience. Skills include front glide, unassisted front and back float, jump into water and swim to instructor, assisted back stroke kick, introduction to side breathing, and coordination with arm and leg action for free style.
Manta Ray (Level 3)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who are ready to be introduced to more swim strokes and do skills independently. Some skills include introduction to back stroke arms and legs, alternating side breathing, introduction to breast stroke legs, comfortable in deep water, and swimming 15 yards of freestyle.
Barracuda (Level 4)
Class Description: This class is designed for students who can do skills independently and are comfortable in deep water. After the first 4 class instructor is no longer required to be in water with participants. Some skills include swimming underwater, 50 yards of kicking with kickboard, 25 yards of freestyle, introduction to breast stroke arms, introduction to butterfly legs and arms, diving, treading water, and open turns.
Orcas (Pre-Swim Team, 6yrs – 15yrs) *Instructor no longer required in water*
Class Description: This class is designed for students who no longer require an instructor to be in the water with them and serves as a pre swim team class. Some skills include 100 yards of freestyle with alternating side breathing, 100 yards of back stroke, 25 yards of breast stroke and butterfly, diving, treading water, and introduction to flip turns.
|
|
|
|
|
2:00 PM - 7:00 PM
|
Rose Nguyen - Community Center Medium Room 2:00pm - 7:00pm
|
|
|
|